xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision dac7e69d)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 **
620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
621 **
622 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
623 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
624 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
625 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
626 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
627 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
628 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
629 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
630 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
631 */
632 struct Pager {
633   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
634   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
635   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
636   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
637   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
638   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
639   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
640   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
641   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
642   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
643   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
644   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
645   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
646 
647   /**************************************************************************
648   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
649   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
650   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
651   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
652   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
653   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
654   ** "configuration" of the pager.
655   */
656   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
657   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
658   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
659   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
660   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
661   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
662   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
663   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
664   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
665   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
666   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
667   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
668   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
669   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
670   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
671   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
672   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
673   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
674   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
675   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
676   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
677   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
678   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
679   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
680   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
681   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
682   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
683 
684   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
685   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
686   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
687   /*
688   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
689   ***************************************************************************/
690 
691   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
692   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
693   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
694   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
695   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
696   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
697   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
698   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
699   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
700   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
701   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
702   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
704   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
705 #endif
706   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
707   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
709   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
710   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
711   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
712   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
713 #endif
714   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
715   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
717   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
718   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
719 #endif
720 };
721 
722 /*
723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
726 */
727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
730 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
731 
732 /*
733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
734 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
735 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
736 */
737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
741 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
742 #else
743 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
744 #endif
745 
746 
747 
748 /*
749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
750 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
751 **
752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
753 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
755 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
758 ** journal and ignore it.
759 **
760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
764 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
768 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
770 */
771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
772   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
773 };
774 
775 /*
776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
777 ** the following macro.
778 */
779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
780 
781 /*
782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
784 */
785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
791 ** out code that would never execute.
792 */
793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
794 # define MEMDB 0
795 #else
796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
797 #endif
798 
799 /*
800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
802 */
803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
805 #else
806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
807 #endif
808 
809 /*
810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
811 */
812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
813 
814 /*
815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
817 **
818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
819 **
820 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
821 **
822 ** instead of
823 **
824 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
825 */
826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
827 
828 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
829 /*
830 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
831 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
832 **
833 **   * the database file is open,
834 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
835 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
836 */
837 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
838   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
839   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
840 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
841   if( pPager->xCodec!=0 ) return 0;
842 #endif
843 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
844   if( pPager->pWal ){
845     u32 iRead = 0;
846     int rc;
847     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
848     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
849   }
850 #endif
851   return 1;
852 }
853 #endif
854 
855 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
856 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
857 #else
858 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
859 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
860 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
861 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
862 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
863 #endif
864 
865 #ifndef NDEBUG
866 /*
867 ** Usage:
868 **
869 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
870 **
871 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
872 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
873 */
874 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
875   Pager *pPager = p;
876 
877   /* State must be valid. */
878   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
879        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
880        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
881        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
882        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
883        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
884        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
885   );
886 
887   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
888   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
889   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
890   */
891   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
892   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
893 
894   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
895   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
896   */
897   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
898   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
899 
900   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
901   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
902   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
903   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
904   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
905   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
906   ** state.
907   */
908   if( MEMDB ){
909     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
910     assert( p->noSync );
911     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
912          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
913     );
914     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
915     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
916   }
917 
918   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
919   ** on the file.
920   */
921   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
922   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
923 
924   switch( p->eState ){
925     case PAGER_OPEN:
926       assert( !MEMDB );
927       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
928       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
929       break;
930 
931     case PAGER_READER:
932       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
933       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
934       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
935       break;
936 
937     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
938       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
939       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
940       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
941         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
942       }
943       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
944       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
945       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
946       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
947       break;
948 
949     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
950       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
951       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
952       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
953         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
954         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
955         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
956         ** to journal_mode=wal.
957         */
958         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
959         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
960              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
961              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
962         );
963       }
964       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
965       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
966       break;
967 
968     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
969       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
970       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
971       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
972       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
973       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
974            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
975            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
976            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
977       );
978       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
979       break;
980 
981     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
982       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
983       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
984       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
985       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
986            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
987            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
988            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
989       );
990       break;
991 
992     case PAGER_ERROR:
993       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
994       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
995       ** back to OPEN state.
996       */
997       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
998       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
999       break;
1000   }
1001 
1002   return 1;
1003 }
1004 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
1005 
1006 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1007 /*
1008 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
1009 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
1010 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
1011 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
1012 **
1013 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
1014 **
1015 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
1016 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
1017 ** not appear in normal builds.
1018 */
1019 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
1020   static char zRet[1024];
1021 
1022   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
1023       "Filename:      %s\n"
1024       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
1025       "Lock:          %s\n"
1026       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1027       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1028       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1029       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1030       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1031       , p->zFilename
1032       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1033         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1034         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1035         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1036         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1037         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1038         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1039       , (int)p->errCode
1040       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1041         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1042         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1043         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1044         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1045       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1046       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1047         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1048         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1049         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1050         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1051         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1052       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1053       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1054       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1055   );
1056 
1057   return zRet;
1058 }
1059 #endif
1060 
1061 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1062 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1063 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1064 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1065 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1066 #endif
1067 
1068 /*
1069 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1070 ** content from the pager.
1071 */
1072 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1073   if( pPager->errCode ){
1074     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1075 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1076   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1077 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1078    && pPager->xCodec==0
1079 #endif
1080   ){
1081     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1082 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1083   }else{
1084     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1085   }
1086 }
1087 
1088 /*
1089 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1090 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1091 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1092 **
1093 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1094 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1095 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1096 */
1097 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1098   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1099   PagerSavepoint *p;
1100   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1101   int i;
1102   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1103     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1104     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1105       return 1;
1106     }
1107   }
1108   return 0;
1109 }
1110 
1111 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1112 /*
1113 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1114 */
1115 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1116   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1117 }
1118 #endif
1119 
1120 /*
1121 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1122 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1123 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1124 **
1125 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1126 */
1127 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1128   unsigned char ac[4];
1129   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1130   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1131     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1132   }
1133   return rc;
1134 }
1135 
1136 /*
1137 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1138 */
1139 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1140 
1141 
1142 /*
1143 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1144 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1145 */
1146 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1147   char ac[4];
1148   put32bits(ac, val);
1149   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1150 }
1151 
1152 /*
1153 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1154 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1155 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1156 **
1157 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1158 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1159 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1160 */
1161 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1162   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1163 
1164   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1165   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1166   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1167   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1168     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1169     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1170     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1171       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1172     }
1173     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1174   }
1175   return rc;
1176 }
1177 
1178 /*
1179 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1180 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1181 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1182 **
1183 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1184 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1185 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1186 ** of this.
1187 */
1188 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1189   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1190 
1191   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1192   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1193     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1194     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1195       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1196       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1197     }
1198   }
1199   return rc;
1200 }
1201 
1202 /*
1203 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1204 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1205 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1206 **
1207 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1208 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1209 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1210 **      to the page size.
1211 **
1212 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1213 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1214 **
1215 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1216 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1217 ** returned in this case.
1218 **
1219 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1220 */
1221 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1222   assert( !MEMDB );
1223 
1224 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1225  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1226   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1227 
1228   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1229   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1230 #else
1231   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1232 #endif
1233 
1234 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1235   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1236     return -1;
1237   }
1238 #endif
1239 
1240 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1241   {
1242     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1243     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1244 
1245     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1246     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1247     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1248       return 0;
1249     }
1250   }
1251 
1252   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1253 #endif
1254 
1255   return 0;
1256 }
1257 
1258 /*
1259 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1260 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1261 ** and debugging only.
1262 */
1263 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1264 /*
1265 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1266 */
1267 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1268   u32 hash = 0;
1269   int i;
1270   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1271     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1272   }
1273   return hash;
1274 }
1275 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1276   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1277 }
1278 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1279   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1280 }
1281 
1282 /*
1283 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1284 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1285 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1286 */
1287 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1288 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1289   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1290   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1291   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1292 }
1293 
1294 #else
1295 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1296 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1297 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1298 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1299 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1300 
1301 /*
1302 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1303 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1304 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1305 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1306 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1307 **
1308 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1309 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1310 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1311 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1312 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1313 ** were present in the journal.
1314 **
1315 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1316 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1317 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1318 ** journal file name.
1319 **
1320 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1321 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1322 **
1323 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1324 ** error code is returned.
1325 */
1326 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1327   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1328   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1329   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1330   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1331   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1332   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1333   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1334 
1335   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1336    || szJ<16
1337    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1338    || len>=nMaster
1339    || len>szJ-16
1340    || len==0
1341    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1342    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1343    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1344    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1345   ){
1346     return rc;
1347   }
1348 
1349   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1350   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1351     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1352   }
1353   if( cksum ){
1354     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1355     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1356     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1357     ** master-journal filename.
1358     */
1359     len = 0;
1360   }
1361   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1362 
1363   return SQLITE_OK;
1364 }
1365 
1366 /*
1367 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1368 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1369 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1370 **
1371 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1372 **
1373 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1374 **   ---------------------------------------
1375 **   0                         0
1376 **   512                       512
1377 **   100                       512
1378 **   2000                      2048
1379 **
1380 */
1381 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1382   i64 offset = 0;
1383   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1384   if( c ){
1385     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1386   }
1387   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1388   assert( offset>=c );
1389   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1390   return offset;
1391 }
1392 
1393 /*
1394 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1395 **
1396 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1397 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1398 **
1399 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1400 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1401 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1402 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1403 ** after writing or truncating it.
1404 **
1405 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1406 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1407 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1408 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1409 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1410 **
1411 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1412 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1413 */
1414 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1415   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1416   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1417   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1418   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1419     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1420 
1421     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1422     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1423       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1424     }else{
1425       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1426       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1427     }
1428     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1429       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1430     }
1431 
1432     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1433     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1434     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1435     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1436     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1437     */
1438     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1439       i64 sz;
1440       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1441       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1442         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1443       }
1444     }
1445   }
1446   return rc;
1447 }
1448 
1449 /*
1450 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1451 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1452 ** current location.
1453 **
1454 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1455 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1456 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1457 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1458 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1459 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1460 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1461 **
1462 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1463 */
1464 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1465   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1466   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1467   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1468   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1469   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1470 
1471   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1472 
1473   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1474     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1475   }
1476 
1477   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1478   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1479   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1480   */
1481   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1482     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1483       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1484     }
1485   }
1486 
1487   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1488 
1489   /*
1490   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1491   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1492   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1493   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1494   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1495   **
1496   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1497   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1498   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1499   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1500   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1501   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1502   **
1503   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1504   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1505   **
1506   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1507   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1508   */
1509   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1510   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1511    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1512   ){
1513     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1514     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1515   }else{
1516     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1517   }
1518 
1519   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1520   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1521   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1522   /* The initial database size */
1523   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1524   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1525   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1526 
1527   /* The page size */
1528   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1529 
1530   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1531   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1532   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1533   ** take the performance hit.
1534   */
1535   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1536          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1537 
1538   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1539   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1540   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1541   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1542   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1543   **
1544   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1545   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1546   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1547   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1548   ** is done.
1549   **
1550   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1551   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1552   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1553   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1554   */
1555   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1556     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1557     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1558     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1559     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1560   }
1561 
1562   return rc;
1563 }
1564 
1565 /*
1566 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1567 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1568 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1569 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1570 ** a description of the journal header format.
1571 **
1572 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1573 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1574 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1575 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1576 ** in this case.
1577 **
1578 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1579 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1580 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1581 */
1582 static int readJournalHdr(
1583   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1584   int isHot,
1585   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1586   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1587   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1588 ){
1589   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1590   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1591   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1592 
1593   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1594 
1595   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1596   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1597   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1598   */
1599   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1600   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1601     return SQLITE_DONE;
1602   }
1603   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1604 
1605   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1606   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1607   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1608   ** proceed.
1609   */
1610   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1611     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1612     if( rc ){
1613       return rc;
1614     }
1615     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1616       return SQLITE_DONE;
1617     }
1618   }
1619 
1620   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1621   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1622   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1623   */
1624   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1625    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1626    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1627   ){
1628     return rc;
1629   }
1630 
1631   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1632     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1633     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1634 
1635     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1636     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1637      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1638     ){
1639       return rc;
1640     }
1641 
1642     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1643     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1644     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1645     */
1646     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1647       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1648     }
1649 
1650     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1651     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1652     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1653     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1654     */
1655     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1656      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1657      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1658     ){
1659       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1660       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1661       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1662       ** the journal file here.
1663       */
1664       return SQLITE_DONE;
1665     }
1666 
1667     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1668     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1669     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1670     */
1671     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1672     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1673 
1674     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1675     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1676     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1677     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1678     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1679     */
1680     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1681   }
1682 
1683   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1684   return rc;
1685 }
1686 
1687 
1688 /*
1689 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1690 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1691 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1692 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1693 ** anything is written. The format is:
1694 **
1695 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1696 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1697 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1698 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1699 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1700 **
1701 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1702 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1703 **
1704 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1705 ** this call is a no-op.
1706 */
1707 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1708   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1709   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1710   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1711   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1712   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1713 
1714   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1715   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1716 
1717   if( !zMaster
1718    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1719    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1720   ){
1721     return SQLITE_OK;
1722   }
1723   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1724   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1725 
1726   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1727   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1728     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1729   }
1730 
1731   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1732   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1733   ** the journal has already been synced.
1734   */
1735   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1736     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1737   }
1738   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1739 
1740   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1741   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1742   */
1743   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1744    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1745    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1746    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1747    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1748                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1749   ){
1750     return rc;
1751   }
1752   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1753 
1754   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1755   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1756   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1757   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1758   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1759   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1760   **
1761   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1762   ** file to the required size.
1763   */
1764   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1765    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1766   ){
1767     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1768   }
1769   return rc;
1770 }
1771 
1772 /*
1773 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1774 */
1775 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1776   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1777   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1778   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1779 }
1780 
1781 /*
1782 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1783 */
1784 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1785   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1786 }
1787 
1788 /*
1789 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1790 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1791 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1792 */
1793 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1794   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1795   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1796     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1797   }
1798   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1799     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1800   }
1801   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1802   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1803   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1804   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1805 }
1806 
1807 /*
1808 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1809 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1810 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1811 */
1812 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1813   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1814   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1815 
1816   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1817     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1818     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1819       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1820       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1821       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1822     }
1823   }
1824   return rc;
1825 }
1826 
1827 /*
1828 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1829 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1830 ** state.
1831 **
1832 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1833 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1834 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1835 ** closed (if it is open).
1836 **
1837 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1838 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1839 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1840 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1841 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1842 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1843 */
1844 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1845 
1846   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1847        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1848        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1849   );
1850 
1851   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1852   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1853   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1854 
1855   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1856     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1857     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1858     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1859   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1860     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1861     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1862 
1863     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1864     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1865     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1866     ** out from under us.
1867     */
1868     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1869     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1870     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1871     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1872     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1873     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1874     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1875      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1876     ){
1877       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1878     }
1879 
1880     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1881     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1882     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1883     ** is necessary.
1884     */
1885     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1886     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1887       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1888     }
1889 
1890     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1891     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1892     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1893     */
1894     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1895     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1896     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1897   }
1898 
1899   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1900   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1901   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1902   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1903   */
1904   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1905   if( pPager->errCode ){
1906     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1907       pager_reset(pPager);
1908       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1909       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1910     }else{
1911       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1912     }
1913     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1914     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1915     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1916   }
1917 
1918   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1919   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1920   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1921 }
1922 
1923 /*
1924 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1925 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1926 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1927 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1928 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1929 **
1930 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1931 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1932 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1933 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1934 **
1935 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1936 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1937 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1938 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1939 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1940 ** it were a hot-journal).
1941 */
1942 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1943   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1944   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1945   assert(
1946        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1947        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1948        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1949   );
1950   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1951     pPager->errCode = rc;
1952     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1953     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1954   }
1955   return rc;
1956 }
1957 
1958 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1959 
1960 /*
1961 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1962 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1963 **
1964 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1965 **
1966 ** Rules:
1967 **
1968 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1969 **      for transactions to be durable.
1970 **
1971 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1972 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1973 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1974 **      cache size.
1975 */
1976 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1977   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1978   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1979   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1980   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1981 }
1982 
1983 /*
1984 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1985 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1986 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1987 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1988 ** database transaction.
1989 **
1990 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1991 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1992 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1993 **
1994 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1995 **
1996 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1997 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1998 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1999 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
2000 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
2001 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
2002 **
2003 **   journalMode==MEMORY
2004 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
2005 **     in-memory journal.
2006 **
2007 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
2008 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
2009 **
2010 **   journalMode==PERSIST
2011 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
2012 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
2013 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
2014 **
2015 **   journalMode==DELETE
2016 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
2017 **
2018 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
2019 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2020 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2021 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2022 **
2023 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2024 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2025 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2026 **
2027 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2028 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2029 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2030 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2031 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2032 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2033 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2034 ** returned.
2035 */
2036 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
2037   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2038   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2039 
2040   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2041   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2042   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2043   ** held under two circumstances:
2044   **
2045   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2046   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2047   **
2048   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2049   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2050   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2051   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2052   */
2053   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2054   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2055   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2056     return SQLITE_OK;
2057   }
2058 
2059   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2060   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2061       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2062   );
2063   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2064     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2065 
2066     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2067     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2068       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2069       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2070     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2071       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2072         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2073       }else{
2074         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2075         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2076           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2077           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2078           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2079           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2080           */
2081           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2082         }
2083       }
2084       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2085     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2086       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2087     ){
2088       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2089       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2090     }else{
2091       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2092       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2093       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2094       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2095       */
2096       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2097       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2098       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2099            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2100            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2101       );
2102       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2103       if( bDelete ){
2104         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2105       }
2106     }
2107   }
2108 
2109 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2110   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2111   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2112     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2113     if( p ){
2114       p->pageHash = 0;
2115       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2116     }
2117   }
2118 #endif
2119 
2120   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2121   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2122   pPager->nRec = 0;
2123   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2124     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2125       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2126     }else{
2127       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2128     }
2129     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2130   }
2131 
2132   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2133     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2134     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2135     ** lock held on the database file.
2136     */
2137     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2138     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2139   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2140     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2141     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2142     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2143     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2144     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2145     ** required size.  */
2146     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2147     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2148   }
2149 
2150   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2151     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2152     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2153   }
2154 
2155   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2156    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2157   ){
2158     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2159     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2160   }
2161   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2162   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2163 
2164   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2165 }
2166 
2167 /*
2168 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2169 ** database file.
2170 **
2171 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2172 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2173 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2174 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2175 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2176 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2177 ** will roll it back.
2178 **
2179 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2180 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2181 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2182 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2183 */
2184 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2185   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2186     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2187     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2188       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2189       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2190       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2191     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2192       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2193       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2194     }
2195   }
2196   pager_unlock(pPager);
2197 }
2198 
2199 /*
2200 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2201 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2202 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2203 **
2204 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2205 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2206 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2207 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2208 **
2209 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2210 ** incompatible journal file format.
2211 **
2212 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2213 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2214 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2215 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2216 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2217 */
2218 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2219   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2220   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2221   while( i>0 ){
2222     cksum += aData[i];
2223     i -= 200;
2224   }
2225   return cksum;
2226 }
2227 
2228 /*
2229 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2230 ** to the codec.
2231 */
2232 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2233 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2234   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2235     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2236                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2237   }
2238 }
2239 #else
2240 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2241 #endif
2242 
2243 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2244 /*
2245 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2246 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2247 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2248 */
2249 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2250   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2251     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2252     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2253   }
2254 }
2255 #endif
2256 
2257 /*
2258 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2259 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2260 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2261 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2262 **
2263 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2264 ** not.
2265 **
2266 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2267 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2268 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2269 **
2270 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2271 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2272 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2273 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2274 ** prior to returning.
2275 **
2276 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2277 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2278 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2279 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2280 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2281 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2282 ** two circumstances:
2283 **
2284 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2285 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2286 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2287 **
2288 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2289 **
2290 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2291 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2292 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2293 */
2294 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2295   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2296   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2297   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2298   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2299   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2300 ){
2301   int rc;
2302   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2303   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2304   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2305   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2306   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2307   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2308 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2309   /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2310   ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2311   const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2312 #endif
2313 
2314   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2315   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2316   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2317   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2318 
2319   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2320   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2321   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2322 
2323   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2324   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2325   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2326   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2327   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2328   */
2329   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2330        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2331   );
2332   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2333 
2334   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2335   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2336   */
2337   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2338   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2339   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2340   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2341   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2342   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2343 
2344   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2345   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2346   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2347   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2348   */
2349   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2350     assert( !isSavepnt );
2351     return SQLITE_DONE;
2352   }
2353   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2354     return SQLITE_OK;
2355   }
2356   if( isMainJrnl ){
2357     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2358     if( rc ) return rc;
2359     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2360       return SQLITE_DONE;
2361     }
2362   }
2363 
2364   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2365   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2366   */
2367   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2368     return rc;
2369   }
2370 
2371   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2372   */
2373   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2374     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2375     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2376   }
2377 
2378   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2379   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2380   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2381   **
2382   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2383   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2384   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2385   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2386   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2387   ** assert()able.
2388   **
2389   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2390   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2391   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2392   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2393   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2394   **
2395   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2396   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2397   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2398   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2399   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2400   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2401   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2402   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2403   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2404   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2405   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2406   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2407   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2408   **
2409   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2410   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2411   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2412   */
2413   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2414     pPg = 0;
2415   }else{
2416     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2417   }
2418   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2419   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2420   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2421            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2422            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2423   ));
2424   if( isMainJrnl ){
2425     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2426   }else{
2427     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2428   }
2429   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2430    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2431    && isSynced
2432   ){
2433     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2434     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2435     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2436 
2437     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2438     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2439     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2440     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2441     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2442     ** file.  */
2443 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2444     if( !jrnlEnc ){
2445       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2446       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2447       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2448     }else
2449 #endif
2450     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2451 
2452     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2453       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2454     }
2455     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2456 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2457       if( jrnlEnc ){
2458         CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2459         sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2460         CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2461       }else
2462 #endif
2463       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2464     }
2465   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2466     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2467     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2468     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2469     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2470     ** current.
2471     **
2472     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2473     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2474     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2475     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2476     **
2477     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2478     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2479     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2480     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2481     */
2482     assert( isSavepnt );
2483     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2484     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2485     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2486     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2487     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2488     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2489     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2490   }
2491   if( pPg ){
2492     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2493     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2494     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2495     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2496     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2497     */
2498     void *pData;
2499     pData = pPg->pData;
2500     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2501     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2502     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2503     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2504     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2505     ** has been removed. */
2506     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2507 
2508     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2509     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2510     if( pgno==1 ){
2511       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2512     }
2513 
2514     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2515 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2516     if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2517 #endif
2518     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2519   }
2520   return rc;
2521 }
2522 
2523 /*
2524 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2525 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2526 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2527 ** and does so if it is.
2528 **
2529 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2530 ** available for use within this function.
2531 **
2532 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2533 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2534 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2535 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2536 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2537 **
2538 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2539 **
2540 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2541 ** journals have been rolled back.
2542 **
2543 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2544 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2545 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2546 **
2547 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2548 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2549 **     file zMaster
2550 **
2551 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2552 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2553 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2554 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2555 **
2556 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2557 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2558 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2559 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2560 **
2561 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2562 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2563 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2564 ** size.
2565 */
2566 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2567   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2568   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2569   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2570   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2571   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2572   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2573   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2574   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2575   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2576 
2577   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2578   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2579   */
2580   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2581   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2582   if( !pMaster ){
2583     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2584   }else{
2585     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2586     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2587   }
2588   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2589 
2590   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2591   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2592   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2593   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2594   */
2595   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2596   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2597   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2598   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2599   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2600     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2601     goto delmaster_out;
2602   }
2603   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2604   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2605   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2606   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2607 
2608   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2609   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2610     int exists;
2611     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2612     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2613       goto delmaster_out;
2614     }
2615     if( exists ){
2616       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2617       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2618       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2619       */
2620       int c;
2621       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2622       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2623       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2624         goto delmaster_out;
2625       }
2626 
2627       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2628       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2629       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2630         goto delmaster_out;
2631       }
2632 
2633       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2634       if( c ){
2635         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2636         goto delmaster_out;
2637       }
2638     }
2639     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2640   }
2641 
2642   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2643   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2644 
2645 delmaster_out:
2646   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2647   if( pMaster ){
2648     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2649     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2650     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2651   }
2652   return rc;
2653 }
2654 
2655 
2656 /*
2657 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2658 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2659 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2660 **
2661 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2662 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2663 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2664 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2665 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2666 **
2667 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2668 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2669 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2670 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2671 ** the end of the new file instead.
2672 **
2673 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2674 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2675 */
2676 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2677   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2678   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2679   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2680 
2681   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2682    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2683   ){
2684     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2685     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2686     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2687     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2688     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2689     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2690     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2691       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2692         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2693       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2694         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2695         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2696         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2697         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2698         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2699       }
2700       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2701         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2702       }
2703     }
2704   }
2705   return rc;
2706 }
2707 
2708 /*
2709 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2710 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2711 */
2712 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2713   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2714   if( iRet<32 ){
2715     iRet = 512;
2716   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2717     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2718     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2719   }
2720   return iRet;
2721 }
2722 
2723 /*
2724 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2725 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2726 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2727 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2728 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2729 **
2730 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2731 **
2732 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2733 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2734 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2735 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2736 **
2737 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2738 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2739 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2740 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2741 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2742 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2743 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2744 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2745 */
2746 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2747   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2748 
2749   if( pPager->tempFile
2750    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2751               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2752   ){
2753     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2754     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2755     ** call will segfault. */
2756     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2757   }else{
2758     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2759   }
2760 }
2761 
2762 /*
2763 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2764 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2765 **
2766 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2767 **
2768 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2769 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2770 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2771 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2772 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2773 **       sanity checksum.
2774 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2775 **       database to during a rollback.
2776 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2777 **       is this many bytes in size.
2778 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2779 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2780 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2781 **        +  4 byte page number.
2782 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2783 **        +  4 byte checksum
2784 **
2785 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2786 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2787 **
2788 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2789 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2790 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2791 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2792 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2793 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2794 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2795 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2796 **
2797 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2798 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2799 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2800 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2801 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2802 **
2803 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2804 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2805 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2806 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2807 ** been encountered.
2808 **
2809 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2810 ** and an error code is returned.
2811 **
2812 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2813 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2814 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2815 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2816 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2817 ** needed.
2818 */
2819 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2820   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2821   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2822   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2823   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2824   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2825   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2826   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2827   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2828   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2829   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2830   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2831 
2832   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2833   ** the journal is empty.
2834   */
2835   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2836   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2837   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2838     goto end_playback;
2839   }
2840 
2841   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2842   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2843   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2844   ** played back.
2845   **
2846   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2847   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2848   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2849   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2850   ** for pageSize.
2851   */
2852   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2853   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2854   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2855     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2856   }
2857   zMaster = 0;
2858   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2859     goto end_playback;
2860   }
2861   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2862   needPagerReset = isHot;
2863 
2864   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2865   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2866   ** occurs.
2867   */
2868   while( 1 ){
2869     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2870     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2871     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2872     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2873     */
2874     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2875     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2876       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2877         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2878       }
2879       goto end_playback;
2880     }
2881 
2882     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2883     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2884     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2885     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2886     */
2887     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2888       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2889       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2890     }
2891 
2892     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2893     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2894     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2895     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2896     ** size of the file.
2897     **
2898     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2899     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2900     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2901     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2902     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2903     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2904     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2905     */
2906     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2907         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2908       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2909     }
2910 
2911     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2912     ** database file back to its original size.
2913     */
2914     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2915       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2916       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2917         goto end_playback;
2918       }
2919       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2920     }
2921 
2922     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2923     ** database file and/or page cache.
2924     */
2925     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2926       if( needPagerReset ){
2927         pager_reset(pPager);
2928         needPagerReset = 0;
2929       }
2930       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2931       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2932         nPlayback++;
2933       }else{
2934         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2935           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2936           break;
2937         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2938           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2939           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2940           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2941           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2942           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2943           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2944           goto end_playback;
2945         }else{
2946           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2947           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2948           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2949           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2950           */
2951           goto end_playback;
2952         }
2953       }
2954     }
2955   }
2956   /*NOTREACHED*/
2957   assert( 0 );
2958 
2959 end_playback:
2960   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2961     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2962   }
2963   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2964   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2965   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2966   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2967   */
2968 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2969   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2970 #endif
2971 
2972   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2973   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2974   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2975   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2976   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2977   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2978   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2979   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2980   */
2981   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2982 
2983   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2984     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2985     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2986     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2987   }
2988   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2989    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2990   ){
2991     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2992   }
2993   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2994     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2995     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2996   }
2997   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2998     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2999     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
3000     */
3001     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
3002     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
3003   }
3004   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
3005     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
3006                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
3007   }
3008 
3009   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
3010   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
3011   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
3012   */
3013   setSectorSize(pPager);
3014   return rc;
3015 }
3016 
3017 
3018 /*
3019 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3020 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3021 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3022 ** file before this function is called.
3023 **
3024 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3025 ** the value read from the database file.
3026 **
3027 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3028 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3029 */
3030 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3031   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3032   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
3033 
3034 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3035   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3036 
3037   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
3038   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3039 
3040   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3041     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3042     if( rc ) return rc;
3043   }
3044   if( iFrame ){
3045     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
3046   }else
3047 #endif
3048   {
3049     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
3050     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
3051     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3052       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3053     }
3054   }
3055 
3056   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
3057     if( rc ){
3058       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3059       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
3060       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
3061       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3062       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3063       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3064       **
3065       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3066       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3067       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3068       ** we should still be ok.
3069       */
3070       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3071     }else{
3072       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3073       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3074     }
3075   }
3076   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3077 
3078   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3079   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3080   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3081   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3082                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3083 
3084   return rc;
3085 }
3086 
3087 /*
3088 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3089 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3090 **
3091 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3092 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3093 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3094 */
3095 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3096   u32 change_counter;
3097 
3098   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3099   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3100   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3101 
3102   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3103   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3104   ** is valid. */
3105   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3106   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3107 }
3108 
3109 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3110 /*
3111 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3112 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3113 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3114 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3115 **
3116 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3117 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3118 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3119 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3120 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3121 */
3122 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3123   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3124   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3125   PgHdr *pPg;
3126 
3127   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3128   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3129   if( pPg ){
3130     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3131       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3132     }else{
3133       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3134       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3135         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3136       }
3137       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3138     }
3139   }
3140 
3141   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3142   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3143   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3144   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3145   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3146   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3147   ** the backups must be restarted.
3148   */
3149   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3150 
3151   return rc;
3152 }
3153 
3154 /*
3155 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3156 */
3157 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3158   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3159   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3160 
3161   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3162   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3163   ** following:
3164   **
3165   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3166   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3167   */
3168   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3169   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3170   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3171   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3172     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3173     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3174     pList = pNext;
3175   }
3176 
3177   return rc;
3178 }
3179 
3180 /*
3181 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3182 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3183 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3184 ** changed.
3185 **
3186 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3187 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3188 */
3189 static int pagerWalFrames(
3190   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3191   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3192   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3193   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3194 ){
3195   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3196   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3197   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3198 
3199   assert( pPager->pWal );
3200   assert( pList );
3201 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3202   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3203   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3204     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3205   }
3206 #endif
3207 
3208   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3209   if( isCommit ){
3210     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3211     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3212     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3213     ** list here. */
3214     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3215     nList = 0;
3216     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3217       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3218         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3219         nList++;
3220       }
3221     }
3222     assert( pList );
3223   }else{
3224     nList = 1;
3225   }
3226   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3227 
3228   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3229   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3230       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3231   );
3232   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3233     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3234       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3235     }
3236   }
3237 
3238 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3239   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3240   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3241     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3242   }
3243 #endif
3244 
3245   return rc;
3246 }
3247 
3248 /*
3249 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3250 **
3251 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3252 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3253 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3254 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3255 */
3256 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3257   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3258   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3259 
3260   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3261   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3262 
3263   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3264   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3265   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3266   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3267   */
3268   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3269 
3270   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3271   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3272     pager_reset(pPager);
3273     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3274   }
3275 
3276   return rc;
3277 }
3278 #endif
3279 
3280 /*
3281 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3282 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3283 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3284 **
3285 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3286 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3287 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3288 */
3289 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3290   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3291 
3292   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3293   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3294   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3295   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3296   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3297   */
3298   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3299   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3300   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3301   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3302   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3303 
3304   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3305   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3306   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3307   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3308   */
3309   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3310     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3311     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3312     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3313       return rc;
3314     }
3315     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3316   }
3317 
3318   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3319   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3320   ** that the file can be read.
3321   */
3322   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3323     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3324   }
3325 
3326   *pnPage = nPage;
3327   return SQLITE_OK;
3328 }
3329 
3330 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3331 /*
3332 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3333 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3334 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3335 **
3336 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3337 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3338 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3339 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3340 **
3341 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3342 **
3343 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3344 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3345 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3346 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3347 ** other connection.
3348 */
3349 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3350   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3351   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3352   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3353 
3354   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3355     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3356     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3357         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3358     );
3359     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3360       if( isWal ){
3361         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3362 
3363         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3364         if( rc ) return rc;
3365         if( nPage==0 ){
3366           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3367         }else{
3368           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3369           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3370         }
3371       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3372         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3373       }
3374     }
3375   }
3376   return rc;
3377 }
3378 #endif
3379 
3380 /*
3381 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3382 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3383 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3384 ** savepoint.
3385 **
3386 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3387 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3388 ** performed in the order specified:
3389 **
3390 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3391 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3392 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3393 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3394 **
3395 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3396 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3397 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3398 **
3399 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3400 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3401 **     the journal file.
3402 **
3403 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3404 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3405 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3406 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3407 **
3408 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3409 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3410 **
3411 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3412 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3413 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3414 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3415 */
3416 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3417   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3418   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3419   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3420   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3421 
3422   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3423   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3424 
3425   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3426   if( pSavepoint ){
3427     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3428     if( !pDone ){
3429       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3430     }
3431   }
3432 
3433   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3434   ** being reverted was opened.
3435   */
3436   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3437   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3438 
3439   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3440     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3441   }
3442 
3443   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3444   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3445   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3446   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3447   */
3448   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3449   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3450 
3451   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3452   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3453   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3454   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3455   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3456   ** are played back.
3457   */
3458   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3459     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3460     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3461     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3462       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3463     }
3464     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3465   }else{
3466     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3467   }
3468 
3469   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3470   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3471   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3472   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3473   */
3474   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3475     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3476     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3477     u32 dummy;
3478     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3479     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3480 
3481     /*
3482     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3483     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3484     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3485     */
3486     if( nJRec==0
3487      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3488     ){
3489       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3490     }
3491     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3492       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3493     }
3494     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3495   }
3496   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3497 
3498   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3499   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3500   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3501   */
3502   if( pSavepoint ){
3503     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3504     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3505 
3506     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3507       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3508     }
3509     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3510       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3511       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3512     }
3513     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3514   }
3515 
3516   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3517   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3518     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3519   }
3520 
3521   return rc;
3522 }
3523 
3524 /*
3525 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3526 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3527 */
3528 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3529   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3530 }
3531 
3532 /*
3533 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3534 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3535 */
3536 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3537   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3538 }
3539 
3540 /*
3541 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3542 */
3543 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3544 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3545   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3546   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3547     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3548     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3549     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3550     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3551     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3552   }
3553 #endif
3554 }
3555 
3556 /*
3557 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3558 */
3559 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3560   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3561   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3562 }
3563 
3564 /*
3565 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3566 */
3567 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3568   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3569 }
3570 
3571 /*
3572 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3573 **
3574 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3575 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3576 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3577 ** There are four levels:
3578 **
3579 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3580 **              for temporary and transient files.
3581 **
3582 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3583 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3584 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3585 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3586 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3587 **              when it is rolled back.
3588 **
3589 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3590 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3591 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3592 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3593 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3594 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3595 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3596 **
3597 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3598 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3599 **              journal is unlinked.
3600 **
3601 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3602 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3603 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3604 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3605 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3606 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3607 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3608 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3609 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3610 **
3611 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3612 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3613 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3614 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3615 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3616 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3617 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3618 **
3619 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3620 ** and FULL=3.
3621 */
3622 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3623 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3624   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3625   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3626 ){
3627   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3628   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3629     pPager->noSync = 1;
3630     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3631     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3632   }else{
3633     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3634     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3635     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3636   }
3637   if( pPager->noSync ){
3638     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3639   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3640     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3641   }else{
3642     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3643   }
3644   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3645   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3646     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3647   }
3648   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3649     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3650   }
3651   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3652     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3653   }else{
3654     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3655   }
3656 }
3657 #endif
3658 
3659 /*
3660 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3661 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3662 ** testing and analysis only.
3663 */
3664 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3665 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3666 #endif
3667 
3668 /*
3669 ** Open a temporary file.
3670 **
3671 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3672 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3673 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3674 **
3675 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3676 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3677 **
3678 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3679 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3680 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3681 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3682 */
3683 static int pagerOpentemp(
3684   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3685   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3686   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3687 ){
3688   int rc;               /* Return code */
3689 
3690 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3691   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3692 #endif
3693 
3694   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3695             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3696   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3697   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3698   return rc;
3699 }
3700 
3701 /*
3702 ** Set the busy handler function.
3703 **
3704 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3705 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3706 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3707 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3708 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3709 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3710 **
3711 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3712 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3713 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3714 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3715 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3716 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3717 **
3718 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3719 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3720 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3721 */
3722 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3723   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3724   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3725   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3726 ){
3727   void **ap;
3728   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3729   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3730   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3731   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3732   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3733   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3734 }
3735 
3736 /*
3737 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3738 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3739 **
3740 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3741 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3742 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3743 **
3744 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3745 **
3746 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3747 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3748 **
3749 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3750 **
3751 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3752 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3753 **
3754 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3755 **
3756 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3757 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3758 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3759 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3760 **
3761 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3762 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3763 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3764 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3765 */
3766 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3767   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3768 
3769   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3770   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3771   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3772   **
3773   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3774   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3775   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3776   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3777   */
3778 
3779   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3780   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3781   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3782    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3783    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3784   ){
3785     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3786     i64 nByte = 0;
3787 
3788     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3789       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3790     }
3791     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3792       /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3793       * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3794       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3795       if( !pNew ){
3796         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3797       }else{
3798         memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3799       }
3800     }
3801 
3802     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3803       pager_reset(pPager);
3804       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3805     }
3806     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3807       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3808       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3809       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3810       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3811     }else{
3812       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3813     }
3814   }
3815 
3816   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3817   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3818     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3819     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3820     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3821     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3822     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3823   }
3824   return rc;
3825 }
3826 
3827 /*
3828 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3829 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3830 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3831 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3832 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3833 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3834 */
3835 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3836   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3837 }
3838 
3839 /*
3840 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3841 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3842 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3843 **
3844 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3845 */
3846 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3847   if( mxPage>0 ){
3848     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3849   }
3850   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3851   /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3852   /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3853   ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3854   ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3855   return pPager->mxPgno;
3856 }
3857 
3858 /*
3859 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3860 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3861 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3862 **
3863 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3864 ** and generate no code.
3865 */
3866 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3867 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3868 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3869 static int saved_cnt;
3870 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3871   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3872   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3873 }
3874 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3875   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3876 }
3877 #else
3878 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3879 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3880 #endif
3881 
3882 /*
3883 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3884 ** that pDest points to.
3885 **
3886 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3887 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3888 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3889 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3890 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3891 **
3892 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3893 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3894 ** output buffer undefined.
3895 */
3896 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3897   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3898   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3899   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3900 
3901   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3902   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3903   ** to WAL mode yet.
3904   */
3905   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3906 
3907   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3908     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3909     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3910     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3911       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3912     }
3913   }
3914   return rc;
3915 }
3916 
3917 /*
3918 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3919 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3920 **
3921 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3922 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3923 */
3924 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3925   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3926   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3927   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3928 }
3929 
3930 
3931 /*
3932 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3933 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3934 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3935 **
3936 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3937 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3938 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3939 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3940 **
3941 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3942 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3943 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3944 */
3945 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3946   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3947 
3948   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3949   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3950   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3951   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3952   */
3953   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3954        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3955        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3956   );
3957 
3958   do {
3959     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3960   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3961   return rc;
3962 }
3963 
3964 /*
3965 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3966 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3967 **
3968 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3969 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3970 **
3971 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3972 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3973 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3974 **
3975 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3976 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3977 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3978 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3979 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3980 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3981 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3982 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3983 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3984 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3985 */
3986 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3987 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3988   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3989   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3990 }
3991 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3992   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3993 }
3994 #else
3995 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3996 #endif
3997 
3998 /*
3999 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
4000 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
4001 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
4002 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
4003 **
4004 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
4005 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
4006 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
4007 ** then continue writing to the database.
4008 */
4009 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
4010   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
4011   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
4012   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
4013 
4014   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
4015   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
4016   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
4017   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
4018   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
4019   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
4020   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
4021   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
4022   ** is no longer correct. */
4023 }
4024 
4025 
4026 /*
4027 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
4028 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4029 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4030 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4031 **
4032 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4033 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4034 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4035 ** content as this process.
4036 **
4037 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4038 ** an SQLite error code.
4039 */
4040 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
4041   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4042   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4043     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
4044   }
4045   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4046     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
4047   }
4048   return rc;
4049 }
4050 
4051 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4052 /*
4053 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4054 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4055 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4056 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4057 ** *ppPage to zero.
4058 **
4059 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4060 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4061 */
4062 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4063   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4064   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4065   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4066   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4067 ){
4068   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4069 
4070   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4071     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4072     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4073     p->pDirty = 0;
4074     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4075     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4076   }else{
4077     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4078     if( p==0 ){
4079       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4080       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4081     }
4082     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4083     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4084     p->nRef = 1;
4085     p->pPager = pPager;
4086   }
4087 
4088   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4089   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4090   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4091   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4092   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4093 
4094   p->pgno = pgno;
4095   p->pData = pData;
4096   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4097 
4098   return SQLITE_OK;
4099 }
4100 #endif
4101 
4102 /*
4103 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4104 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4105 */
4106 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4107   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4108   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4109   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4110   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4111 
4112   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4113   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4114 }
4115 
4116 /*
4117 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4118 */
4119 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4120   PgHdr *p;
4121   PgHdr *pNext;
4122   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4123     pNext = p->pDirty;
4124     sqlite3_free(p);
4125   }
4126 }
4127 
4128 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4129 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4130 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4131 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4132 */
4133 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4134   int bHasMoved = 0;
4135   int rc;
4136 
4137   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4138   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4139   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4140   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4141   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4142     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4143     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4144     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4145     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4146   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4147     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4148   }
4149   return rc;
4150 }
4151 
4152 
4153 /*
4154 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4155 **
4156 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4157 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4158 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4159 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4160 ** result in a coredump.
4161 **
4162 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4163 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4164 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4165 ** to the caller.
4166 */
4167 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4168   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4169   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4170   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4171   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4172   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4173   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4174   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4175   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4176 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4177   {
4178     u8 *a = 0;
4179     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4180     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4181      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4182     ){
4183       a = pTmp;
4184     }
4185     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4186     pPager->pWal = 0;
4187   }
4188 #endif
4189   pager_reset(pPager);
4190   if( MEMDB ){
4191     pager_unlock(pPager);
4192   }else{
4193     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4194     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4195     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4196     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4197     **
4198     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4199     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4200     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4201     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4202     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4203     */
4204     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4205       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4206     }
4207     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4208   }
4209   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4210   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4211   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4212   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4213   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4214   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4215   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4216   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4217 
4218 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4219   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4220 #endif
4221 
4222   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4223   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4224 
4225   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4226   return SQLITE_OK;
4227 }
4228 
4229 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4230 /*
4231 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4232 */
4233 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4234   return pPg->pgno;
4235 }
4236 #endif
4237 
4238 /*
4239 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4240 */
4241 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4242   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4243 }
4244 
4245 /*
4246 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4247 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4248 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4249 **
4250 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4251 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4252 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4253 **
4254 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4255 **     be taken.
4256 **
4257 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4258 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4259 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4260 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4261 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4262 **
4263 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4264 **     journal file is synced.
4265 **
4266 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4267 **
4268 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4269 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4270 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4271 **       <update nRec field>
4272 **     }
4273 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4274 **   }
4275 **
4276 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4277 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4278 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4279 */
4280 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4281   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4282 
4283   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4284        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4285   );
4286   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4287   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4288 
4289   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4290   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4291 
4292   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4293     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4294     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4295       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4296       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4297 
4298       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4299         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4300         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4301         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4302         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4303         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4304         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4305         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4306         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4307         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4308         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4309         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4310         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4311         **
4312         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4313         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4314         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4315         **
4316         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4317         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4318         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4319         ** the potential journal header.
4320         */
4321         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4322         u8 aMagic[8];
4323         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4324 
4325         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4326         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4327 
4328         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4329         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4330         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4331           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4332           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4333         }
4334         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4335           return rc;
4336         }
4337 
4338         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4339         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4340         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4341         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4342         **
4343         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4344         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4345         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4346         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4347         ** and never needs to be updated.
4348         */
4349         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4350           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4351           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4352           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4353           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4354         }
4355         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4356         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4357             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4358         );
4359         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4360       }
4361       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4362         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4363         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4364         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4365           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4366         );
4367         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4368       }
4369 
4370       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4371       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4372         pPager->nRec = 0;
4373         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4374         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4375       }
4376     }else{
4377       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4378     }
4379   }
4380 
4381   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4382   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4383   ** all pages.
4384   */
4385   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4386   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4387   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4388   return SQLITE_OK;
4389 }
4390 
4391 /*
4392 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4393 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4394 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4395 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4396 ** a no-op.
4397 **
4398 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4399 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4400 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4401 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4402 **
4403 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4404 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4405 ** written out.
4406 **
4407 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4408 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4409 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4410 **
4411 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4412 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4413 **
4414 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4415 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4416 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4417 ** the database file.
4418 **
4419 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4420 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4421 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4422 */
4423 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4424   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4425 
4426   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4427   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4428   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4429   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4430   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4431 
4432   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4433   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4434   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4435   */
4436   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4437     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4438     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4439   }
4440 
4441   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4442   ** file size will be.
4443   */
4444   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4445   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4446    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4447    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4448   ){
4449     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4450     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4451     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4452   }
4453 
4454   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4455     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4456 
4457     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4458     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4459     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4460     ** any such pages to the file.
4461     **
4462     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4463     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4464     */
4465     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4466       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4467       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4468 
4469       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4470       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4471 
4472       /* Encode the database */
4473       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4474 
4475       /* Write out the page data. */
4476       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4477 
4478       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4479       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4480       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4481       */
4482       if( pgno==1 ){
4483         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4484       }
4485       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4486         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4487       }
4488       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4489 
4490       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4491       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4492 
4493       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4494                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4495       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4496       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4497     }else{
4498       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4499     }
4500     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4501     pList = pList->pDirty;
4502   }
4503 
4504   return rc;
4505 }
4506 
4507 /*
4508 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4509 ** function is a no-op.
4510 **
4511 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4512 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4513 ** fails.
4514 */
4515 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4516   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4517   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4518     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4519       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4520       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4521     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4522     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4523       nStmtSpill = -1;
4524     }
4525     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4526   }
4527   return rc;
4528 }
4529 
4530 /*
4531 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4532 **
4533 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4534 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4535 **
4536 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4537 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4538 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4539 ** bitvec.
4540 */
4541 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4542   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4543   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4544   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4545 
4546     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4547     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4548     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4549     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4550     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4551          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4552          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4553     );
4554     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4555 
4556     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4557     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4558     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4559       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4560       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4561       char *pData2;
4562 
4563 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4564       if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4565         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4566       }else
4567 #endif
4568       pData2 = pData;
4569       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4570       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4571       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4572         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4573       }
4574     }
4575   }
4576   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4577     pPager->nSubRec++;
4578     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4579     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4580   }
4581   return rc;
4582 }
4583 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4584   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4585     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4586   }else{
4587     return SQLITE_OK;
4588   }
4589 }
4590 
4591 /*
4592 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4593 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4594 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4595 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4596 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4597 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4598 ** argument.
4599 **
4600 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4601 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4602 ** journal file.
4603 **
4604 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4605 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4606 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4607 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4608 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4609 */
4610 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4611   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4612   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4613 
4614   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4615   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4616 
4617   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4618   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4619   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4620   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4621   **
4622   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4623   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4624   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4625   **
4626   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4627   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4628   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4629   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4630   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4631   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4632   */
4633   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4634   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4635   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4636   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4637   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4638    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4639       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4640   ){
4641     return SQLITE_OK;
4642   }
4643 
4644   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4645   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4646   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4647     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4648     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4649     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4650       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4651     }
4652   }else{
4653 
4654 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4655     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4656       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4657       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4658     }
4659 #endif
4660 
4661     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4662     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4663      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4664     ){
4665       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4666     }
4667 
4668     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4669     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4670       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4671       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4672     }
4673   }
4674 
4675   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4676   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4677     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4678     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4679   }
4680 
4681   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4682 }
4683 
4684 /*
4685 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4686 */
4687 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4688   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4689   if( !MEMDB ){
4690     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4691     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4692     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4693       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4694       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4695         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4696       }
4697       pList = pNext;
4698     }
4699   }
4700 
4701   return rc;
4702 }
4703 
4704 /*
4705 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4706 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4707 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4708 **
4709 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4710 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4711 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4712 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4713 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4714 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4715 **
4716 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4717 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4718 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4719 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4720 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4721 **
4722 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4723 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4724 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4725 **
4726 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4727 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4728 **
4729 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4730 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4731 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4732 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4733 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4734 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4735 */
4736 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4737   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4738   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4739   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4740   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4741   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4742   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4743   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4744 ){
4745   u8 *pPtr;
4746   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4747   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4748   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4749   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4750 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4751   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4752 #else
4753 # define memJM 0
4754 #endif
4755   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4756   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4757   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4758   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4759   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4760   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4761   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4762   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4763   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4764 
4765   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4766   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4767   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4768 
4769   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4770   *ppPager = 0;
4771 
4772 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4773   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4774     memDb = 1;
4775     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4776       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4777       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4778       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4779       zFilename = 0;
4780     }
4781   }
4782 #endif
4783 
4784   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4785   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4786   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4787   */
4788   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4789     const char *z;
4790     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4791     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4792     if( zPathname==0 ){
4793       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4794     }
4795     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4796     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4797     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4798     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4799     while( *z ){
4800       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4801       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4802     }
4803     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4804     assert( nUri>=0 );
4805     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4806       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4807       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4808       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4809       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4810       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4811       */
4812       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4813     }
4814     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4815       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4816       return rc;
4817     }
4818   }
4819 
4820   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4821   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4822   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4823   **
4824   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4825   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4826   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4827   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4828   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4829   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4830   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4831   */
4832   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4833     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4834     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4835     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4836     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4837     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4838     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4839 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4840     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4841 #endif
4842   );
4843   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4844   if( !pPtr ){
4845     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4846     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4847   }
4848   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4849   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4850   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4851   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4852   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4853   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4854   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4855 
4856   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4857   if( zPathname ){
4858     assert( nPathname>0 );
4859     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4860     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4861     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4862     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4863     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4864     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4865 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4866     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4867     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4868     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4869     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4870 #endif
4871     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4872   }
4873   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4874   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4875 
4876   /* Open the pager file.
4877   */
4878   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4879     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4880     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4881     assert( !memDb );
4882 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4883     memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4884 #endif
4885     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4886 
4887     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4888     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4889     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4890     **
4891     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4892     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4893     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4894     */
4895     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4896       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4897       if( !readOnly ){
4898         setSectorSize(pPager);
4899         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4900         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4901           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4902             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4903           }else{
4904             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4905           }
4906         }
4907 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4908         {
4909           int ii;
4910           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4911           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4912           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4913           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4914             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4915               szPageDflt = ii;
4916             }
4917           }
4918         }
4919 #endif
4920       }
4921       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4922       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4923        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4924           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4925           goto act_like_temp_file;
4926       }
4927     }
4928   }else{
4929     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4930     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4931     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4932     **
4933     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4934     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4935     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4936     **
4937     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4938     */
4939 act_like_temp_file:
4940     tempFile = 1;
4941     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4942     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4943     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4944     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4945   }
4946 
4947   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4948   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4949   */
4950   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4951     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4952     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4953     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4954   }
4955 
4956   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4957   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4958     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4959     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4960     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4961                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4962   }
4963 
4964   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4965   */
4966   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4967     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4968     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4969     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4970     return rc;
4971   }
4972 
4973   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4974   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4975 
4976   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4977   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4978   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4979   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4980   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4981   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4982   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4983   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4984   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4985   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4986   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4987   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4988           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4989   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4990   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4991   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4992   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4993   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4994   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4995   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4996   if( pPager->noSync ){
4997     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4998     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4999     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
5000     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
5001   }else{
5002     pPager->fullSync = 1;
5003     pPager->extraSync = 0;
5004     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
5005     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
5006   }
5007   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
5008   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
5009   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
5010   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
5011   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
5012   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
5013   setSectorSize(pPager);
5014   if( !useJournal ){
5015     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5016   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5017     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5018   }
5019   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5020   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5021   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5022   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5023   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5024   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5025 
5026   *ppPager = pPager;
5027   return SQLITE_OK;
5028 }
5029 
5030 
5031 
5032 /*
5033 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5034 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5035 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5036 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5037 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5038 **
5039 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5040 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5041 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5042 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5043 **
5044 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5045 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5046 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5047 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5048 ** is returned.
5049 **
5050 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5051 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5052 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5053 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5054 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5055 ** will not roll it back.
5056 **
5057 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5058 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5059 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5060 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5061 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5062 */
5063 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5064   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5065   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5066   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5067   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5068 
5069   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5070   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5071   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5072 
5073   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5074     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5075   ));
5076 
5077   *pExists = 0;
5078   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5079     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5080   }
5081   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5082     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5083 
5084     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5085     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5086     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5087     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5088     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5089     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5090     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5091     */
5092     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5093     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5094       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5095 
5096       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5097       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5098       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5099         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5100         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5101         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5102         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5103         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5104         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5105         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5106         */
5107         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5108           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5109           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5110             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5111             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5112           }
5113           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5114         }else{
5115           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5116           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5117           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5118           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5119           ** it can be ignored.
5120           */
5121           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5122             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5123             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5124           }
5125           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5126             u8 first = 0;
5127             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5128             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5129               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5130             }
5131             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5132               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5133             }
5134             *pExists = (first!=0);
5135           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5136             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5137             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5138             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5139             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5140             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5141             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5142             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5143             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5144             */
5145             *pExists = 1;
5146             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5147           }
5148         }
5149       }
5150     }
5151   }
5152 
5153   return rc;
5154 }
5155 
5156 /*
5157 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5158 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5159 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5160 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5161 **
5162 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5163 **
5164 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5165 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5166 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5167 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5168 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5169 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5170 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5171 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5172 **
5173 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5174 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5175 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5176 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5177 **      file.
5178 **
5179 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5180 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5181 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5182 */
5183 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5184   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5185 
5186   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5187   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5188   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5189   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5190   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5191   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5192   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5193   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5194 
5195   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5196     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5197 
5198     assert( !MEMDB );
5199     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5200 
5201     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5202     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5203       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5204       goto failed;
5205     }
5206 
5207     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5208     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5209     */
5210     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5211       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5212     }
5213     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5214       goto failed;
5215     }
5216     if( bHotJournal ){
5217       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5218         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5219         goto failed;
5220       }
5221 
5222       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5223       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5224       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5225       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5226       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5227       ** hot-journal back.
5228       **
5229       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5230       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5231       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5232       ** on the database file.
5233       **
5234       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5235       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5236       */
5237       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5238       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5239         goto failed;
5240       }
5241 
5242       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5243       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5244       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5245       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5246       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5247       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5248       **
5249       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5250       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5251       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5252       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5253       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5254       */
5255       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5256         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5257         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5258         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5259             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5260         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5261           int fout = 0;
5262           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5263           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5264           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5265           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5266           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5267             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5268             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5269           }
5270         }
5271       }
5272 
5273       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5274       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5275       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5276       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5277       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5278       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5279       ** the journal before playing it back.
5280       */
5281       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5282         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5283         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5284         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5285           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5286           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5287         }
5288       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5289         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5290       }
5291 
5292       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5293         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5294         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5295         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5296         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5297         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5298         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5299         **
5300         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5301         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5302         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5303         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5304         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5305         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5306         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5307         ** references.
5308         */
5309         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5310         goto failed;
5311       }
5312 
5313       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5314       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5315            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5316       );
5317     }
5318 
5319     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5320       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5321       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5322       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5323       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5324       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5325       **
5326       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5327       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5328       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5329       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5330       ** a codec is in use.
5331       **
5332       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5333       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5334       ** it can be neglected.
5335       */
5336       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5337 
5338       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5339       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5340       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5341         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5342           goto failed;
5343         }
5344         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5345       }
5346 
5347       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5348         pager_reset(pPager);
5349 
5350         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5351         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5352         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5353         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5354         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5355         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5356         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5357           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5358         }
5359       }
5360     }
5361 
5362     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5363     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5364     */
5365     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5366 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5367     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5368 #endif
5369   }
5370 
5371   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5372     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5373     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5374   }
5375 
5376   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5377     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5378   }
5379 
5380  failed:
5381   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5382     assert( !MEMDB );
5383     pager_unlock(pPager);
5384     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5385   }else{
5386     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5387     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5388   }
5389   return rc;
5390 }
5391 
5392 /*
5393 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5394 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5395 **
5396 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5397 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5398 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5399 */
5400 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5401   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5402     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5403     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5404   }
5405 }
5406 
5407 /*
5408 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5409 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5410 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5411 **
5412 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5413 ** on the current state of the pager.
5414 **
5415 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5416 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5417 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5418 **
5419 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5420 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5421 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5422 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5423 ** object with no outstanding references.
5424 **
5425 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5426 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5427 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5428 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5429 **
5430 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5431 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5432 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5433 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5434 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5435 **
5436 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5437 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5438 **
5439 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5440 **
5441 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5442 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5443 **      from the savepoint journal.
5444 **
5445 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5446 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5447 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5448 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5449 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5450 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5451 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5452 **
5453 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5454 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5455 **
5456 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5457 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5458 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5459 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5460 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5461 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5462 ** or journal files.
5463 */
5464 static int getPageNormal(
5465   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5466   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5467   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5468   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5469 ){
5470   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5471   PgHdr *pPg;
5472   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5473   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5474 
5475   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5476   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5477   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5478   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5479 
5480   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5481   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5482   if( pBase==0 ){
5483     pPg = 0;
5484     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5485     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5486     if( pBase==0 ){
5487       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5488       goto pager_acquire_err;
5489     }
5490   }
5491   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5492   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5493   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5494   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5495 
5496   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5497   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5498     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5499     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5500     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5501     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5502     return SQLITE_OK;
5503 
5504   }else{
5505     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5506     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5507     **
5508     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5509     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5510     */
5511     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5512       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5513       goto pager_acquire_err;
5514     }
5515 
5516     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5517 
5518     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5519     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5520       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5521         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5522         goto pager_acquire_err;
5523       }
5524       if( noContent ){
5525         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5526         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5527         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5528         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5529         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5530         */
5531         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5532         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5533           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5534           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5535         }
5536         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5537         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5538         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5539       }
5540       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5541       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5542     }else{
5543       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5544       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5545       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5546       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5547         goto pager_acquire_err;
5548       }
5549     }
5550     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5551   }
5552   return SQLITE_OK;
5553 
5554 pager_acquire_err:
5555   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5556   if( pPg ){
5557     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5558   }
5559   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5560   *ppPage = 0;
5561   return rc;
5562 }
5563 
5564 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5565 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5566 static int getPageMMap(
5567   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5568   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5569   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5570   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5571 ){
5572   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5573   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5574   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5575 
5576   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5577   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5578   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5579   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5580   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5581    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5582   );
5583 
5584   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5585 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5586   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5587 #endif
5588 
5589   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5590   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5591   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5592   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5593   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5594     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5595   }
5596   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5597   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5598   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5599   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5600 
5601   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5602     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5603     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5604       *ppPage = 0;
5605       return rc;
5606     }
5607   }
5608   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5609     void *pData = 0;
5610     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5611         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5612     );
5613     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5614       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5615         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5616       }
5617       if( pPg==0 ){
5618         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5619       }else{
5620         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5621       }
5622       if( pPg ){
5623         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5624         *ppPage = pPg;
5625         return SQLITE_OK;
5626       }
5627     }
5628     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5629       *ppPage = 0;
5630       return rc;
5631     }
5632   }
5633   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5634 }
5635 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5636 
5637 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5638 static int getPageError(
5639   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5640   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5641   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5642   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5643 ){
5644   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5645   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5646   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5647   *ppPage = 0;
5648   return pPager->errCode;
5649 }
5650 
5651 
5652 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5653 */
5654 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5655   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5656   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5657   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5658   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5659 ){
5660   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5661 }
5662 
5663 /*
5664 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5665 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5666 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5667 **
5668 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5669 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5670 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5671 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5672 ** has ever happened.
5673 */
5674 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5675   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5676   assert( pPager!=0 );
5677   assert( pgno!=0 );
5678   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5679   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5680   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5681   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5682   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5683 }
5684 
5685 /*
5686 ** Release a page reference.
5687 **
5688 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5689 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5690 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5691 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5692 **
5693 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5694 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5695 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5696 */
5697 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5698   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5699   assert( pPg!=0 );
5700   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5701     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5702     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5703   }else{
5704     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5705   }
5706   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5707   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5708 }
5709 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5710   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5711 }
5712 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5713   Pager *pPager;
5714   assert( pPg!=0 );
5715   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5716   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5717   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5718   sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
5719   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5720   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5721 }
5722 
5723 /*
5724 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5725 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5726 ** file when this routine is called.
5727 **
5728 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5729 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5730 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5731 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5732 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5733 **
5734 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5735 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5736 ** already open file.
5737 **
5738 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5739 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5740 **
5741 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5742 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5743 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5744 */
5745 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5746   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5747   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5748 
5749   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5750   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5751   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5752 
5753   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5754   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5755   ** an error state. */
5756   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5757 
5758   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5759     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5760     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5761       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5762     }
5763 
5764     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5765     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5766       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5767         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5768       }else{
5769         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5770         int nSpill;
5771 
5772         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5773           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5774           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5775         }else{
5776           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5777           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5778         }
5779 
5780         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5781         ** it was originally opened. */
5782         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5783         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5784           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5785               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5786           );
5787         }
5788       }
5789       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5790     }
5791 
5792 
5793     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5794     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5795     */
5796     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5797       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5798       pPager->nRec = 0;
5799       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5800       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5801       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5802       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5803     }
5804   }
5805 
5806   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5807     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5808     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5809   }else{
5810     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5811     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5812   }
5813 
5814   return rc;
5815 }
5816 
5817 /*
5818 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5819 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5820 **
5821 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5822 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5823 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5824 ** functions need be called.
5825 **
5826 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5827 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5828 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5829 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5830 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5831 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5832 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5833 */
5834 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5835   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5836 
5837   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5838   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5839   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5840 
5841   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5842     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5843 
5844     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5845       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5846       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5847       */
5848       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5849         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5850         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5851           return rc;
5852         }
5853         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5854       }
5855 
5856       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5857       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5858       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5859       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5860       */
5861       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5862     }else{
5863       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5864       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5865       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5866       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5867       */
5868       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5869       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5870         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5871       }
5872     }
5873 
5874     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5875       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5876       **
5877       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5878       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5879       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5880       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5881       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5882       ** WAL mode.
5883       */
5884       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5885       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5886       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5887       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5888       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5889     }
5890 
5891     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5892     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5893     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5894   }
5895 
5896   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5897   return rc;
5898 }
5899 
5900 /*
5901 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5902 */
5903 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5904   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5905   int rc;
5906   u32 cksum;
5907   char *pData2;
5908   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5909 
5910   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5911   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5912   ** that we do not. */
5913   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5914 
5915   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5916   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5917   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5918 
5919   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5920   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5921   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5922   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5923   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5924   ** then corruption may follow.
5925   */
5926   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5927 
5928   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5929   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5930   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5931   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5932   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5933   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5934 
5935   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5936            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5937   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5938   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5939        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5940        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5941 
5942   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5943   pPager->nRec++;
5944   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5945   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5946   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5947   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5948   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5949   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5950   return rc;
5951 }
5952 
5953 /*
5954 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5955 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5956 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5957 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5958 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5959 */
5960 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5961   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5962   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5963 
5964   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5965   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5966   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5967   */
5968   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5969        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5970        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5971   );
5972   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5973   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5974   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5975   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5976 
5977   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5978   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5979   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5980   **
5981   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5982   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5983   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5984   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5985   */
5986   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5987     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5988     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5989   }
5990   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5991   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5992 
5993   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5994   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5995 
5996   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5997   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5998   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5999   */
6000   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
6001   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
6002    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
6003   ){
6004     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
6005     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6006       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
6007       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6008         return rc;
6009       }
6010     }else{
6011       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6012         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6013       }
6014       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6015               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6016              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6017     }
6018   }
6019 
6020   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6021   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6022   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6023   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6024   */
6025   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6026 
6027   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6028   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6029   */
6030   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6031     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6032   }
6033 
6034   /* Update the database size and return. */
6035   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6036     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6037   }
6038   return rc;
6039 }
6040 
6041 /*
6042 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6043 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6044 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6045 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6046 ** a write.
6047 **
6048 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6049 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6050 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6051 */
6052 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6053   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6054   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6055   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6056   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6057   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6058   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6059   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6060   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6061 
6062   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6063   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6064   ** this function.
6065   */
6066   assert( !MEMDB );
6067   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6068   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6069 
6070   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6071   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6072   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6073   */
6074   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6075 
6076   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6077   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6078     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6079   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6080     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6081   }else{
6082     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6083   }
6084   assert(nPage>0);
6085   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6086   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6087 
6088   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6089     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6090     PgHdr *pPage;
6091     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6092       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6093         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6094         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6095           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6096           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6097             needSync = 1;
6098           }
6099           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6100         }
6101       }
6102     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6103       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6104         needSync = 1;
6105       }
6106       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6107     }
6108   }
6109 
6110   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6111   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6112   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6113   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6114   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6115   */
6116   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6117     assert( !MEMDB );
6118     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6119       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6120       if( pPage ){
6121         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6122         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6123       }
6124     }
6125   }
6126 
6127   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6128   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6129   return rc;
6130 }
6131 
6132 /*
6133 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6134 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6135 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6136 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6137 **
6138 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6139 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6140 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6141 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6142 **
6143 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6144 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6145 */
6146 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6147   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6148   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6149   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6150   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6151   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6152     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6153     return SQLITE_OK;
6154   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6155     return pPager->errCode;
6156   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6157     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6158     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6159   }else{
6160     return pager_write(pPg);
6161   }
6162 }
6163 
6164 /*
6165 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6166 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6167 ** to change the content of the page.
6168 */
6169 #ifndef NDEBUG
6170 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6171   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6172 }
6173 #endif
6174 
6175 /*
6176 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6177 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6178 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6179 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6180 ** content no longer matters.
6181 **
6182 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6183 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6184 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6185 **
6186 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6187 ** DELETE operations.
6188 **
6189 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6190 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6191 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6192 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6193 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6194 */
6195 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6196   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6197   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6198     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6199     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6200     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6201     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6202     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6203     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6204   }
6205 }
6206 
6207 /*
6208 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6209 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6210 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6211 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6212 **
6213 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6214 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6215 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6216 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6217 **
6218 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6219 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6220 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6221 ** transaction is committed.
6222 **
6223 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6224 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6225 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6226 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6227 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6228 */
6229 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6230   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6231 
6232   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6233        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6234   );
6235   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6236 
6237   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6238   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6239   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6240   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6241   **
6242   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6243   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6244   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6245   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6246   */
6247 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6248 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6249   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6250   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6251 #else
6252 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6253 #endif
6254 
6255   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6256     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6257 
6258     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6259 
6260     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6261     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6262     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6263 
6264     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6265     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6266     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6267     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6268     */
6269     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6270       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6271     }
6272 
6273     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6274       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6275       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6276 
6277       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6278       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6279         const void *zBuf;
6280         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6281         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6282         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6283           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6284           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6285         }
6286         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6287           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6288           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6289           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6290           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6291           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6292           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6293         }
6294       }else{
6295         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6296       }
6297     }
6298 
6299     /* Release the page reference. */
6300     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6301   }
6302   return rc;
6303 }
6304 
6305 /*
6306 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6307 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6308 **
6309 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6310 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6311 */
6312 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6313   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6314   void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6315   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6316   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6317   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6318     assert( !MEMDB );
6319     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6320   }
6321   return rc;
6322 }
6323 
6324 /*
6325 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6326 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6327 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6328 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6329 **
6330 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6331 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6332 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6333 ** returned.
6334 */
6335 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6336   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6337   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6338   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6339     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6340          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6341          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6342     );
6343     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6344     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6345       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6346     }
6347   }
6348   return rc;
6349 }
6350 
6351 /*
6352 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6353 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6354 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6355 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6356 **
6357 ** This routine ensures that:
6358 **
6359 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6360 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6361 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6362 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6363 **   * the database file synced.
6364 **
6365 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6366 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6367 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6368 **
6369 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6370 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6371 **
6372 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6373 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6374 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6375 ** journal file in this case.
6376 */
6377 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6378   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6379   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6380   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6381 ){
6382   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6383 
6384   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6385        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6386        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6387        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6388   );
6389   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6390 
6391   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6392   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6393 
6394   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6395   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6396 
6397   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6398       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6399 
6400   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6401   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6402 
6403   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6404   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6405   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6406     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6407     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6408     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6409     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6410   }else{
6411     PgHdr *pList;
6412     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6413       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6414       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6415       if( pList==0 ){
6416         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6417         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6418         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6419         pList = pPageOne;
6420         pList->pDirty = 0;
6421       }
6422       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6423       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6424         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6425       }
6426       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6427       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6428         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6429       }
6430     }else{
6431       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6432       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6433       ** is enabled.
6434       */
6435 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6436       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6437       int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6438         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6439         && !pPager->noSync
6440         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6441 #else
6442 #     define bBatch 0
6443 #endif
6444 
6445 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6446       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6447       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6448       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6449       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6450       **
6451       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6452       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6453       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6454       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6455       **
6456       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6457       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6458       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6459       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6460       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6461       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6462       ** mode.
6463       **
6464       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6465       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6466       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6467       ** created for this transaction.
6468       */
6469       if( bBatch==0 ){
6470         PgHdr *pPg;
6471         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6472             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6473             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6474             );
6475         if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6476          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6477          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6478          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6479         ){
6480           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6481           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6482           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6483           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6484           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6485           */
6486           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6487         }else{
6488           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6489           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6490             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6491           }
6492         }
6493       }
6494 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6495 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6496       if( zMaster ){
6497         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6498         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6499         assert( bBatch==0 );
6500       }
6501 #endif
6502       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6503 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6504       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6505 
6506       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6507       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6508       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6509       */
6510       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6511       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6512 
6513       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6514       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6515       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6516       **
6517       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6518       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6519       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6520       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6521       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6522       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6523       */
6524       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6525       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6526 
6527       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6528 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6529       if( bBatch ){
6530         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6531         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6532           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6533           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6534             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6535           }
6536           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6537             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6538           }
6539         }
6540 
6541         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6542           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6543           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6544             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6545             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6546           }
6547           bBatch = 0;
6548         }else{
6549           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6550         }
6551       }
6552 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6553 
6554       if( bBatch==0 ){
6555         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6556       }
6557       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6558         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6559         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6560       }
6561       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6562 
6563       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6564       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6565       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6566       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6567       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6568       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6569       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6570         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6571         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6572         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6573         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6574       }
6575 
6576       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6577       if( !noSync ){
6578         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6579       }
6580       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6581     }
6582   }
6583 
6584 commit_phase_one_exit:
6585   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6586     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6587   }
6588   return rc;
6589 }
6590 
6591 
6592 /*
6593 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6594 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6595 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6596 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6597 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6598 **
6599 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6600 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6601 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6602 ** irrevocably committed.
6603 **
6604 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6605 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6606 */
6607 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6608   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6609 
6610   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6611   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6612   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6613   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6614 
6615   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6616        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6617        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6618   );
6619   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6620 
6621   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6622   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6623   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6624   **
6625   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6626   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6627   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6628   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6629   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6630   ** to drop any locks either.
6631   */
6632   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6633    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6634    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6635   ){
6636     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6637     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6638     return SQLITE_OK;
6639   }
6640 
6641   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6642   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6643   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6644   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6645 }
6646 
6647 /*
6648 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6649 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6650 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6651 ** state if an error occurs.
6652 **
6653 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6654 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6655 **
6656 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6657 **
6658 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6659 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6660 **      was opened, and
6661 **
6662 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6663 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6664 **
6665 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6666 ** rollback is successful.
6667 **
6668 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6669 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6670 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6671 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6672 */
6673 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6674   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6675   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6676 
6677   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6678   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6679   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6680   */
6681   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6682   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6683   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6684 
6685   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6686     int rc2;
6687     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6688     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6689     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6690   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6691     int eState = pPager->eState;
6692     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6693     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6694       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6695       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6696       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6697       */
6698       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6699       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6700       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6701       return rc;
6702     }
6703   }else{
6704     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6705   }
6706 
6707   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6708   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6709           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6710           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6711   );
6712 
6713   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6714   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6715   */
6716   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6717 }
6718 
6719 /*
6720 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6721 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6722 */
6723 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6724   return pPager->readOnly;
6725 }
6726 
6727 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6728 /*
6729 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6730 */
6731 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6732   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6733 }
6734 #endif
6735 
6736 /*
6737 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6738 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6739 */
6740 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6741   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6742                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6743   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6744            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6745            + pPager->pageSize;
6746 }
6747 
6748 /*
6749 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6750 */
6751 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6752   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6753 }
6754 
6755 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6756 /*
6757 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6758 */
6759 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6760   static int a[11];
6761   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6762   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6763   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6764   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6765   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6766   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6767   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6768   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6769   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6770   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6771   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6772   return a;
6773 }
6774 #endif
6775 
6776 /*
6777 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6778 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6779 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6780 ** it was added later.
6781 **
6782 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6783 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6784 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6785 ** returning.
6786 */
6787 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6788 
6789   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6790        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6791        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6792        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6793   );
6794 
6795   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6796   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6797   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6798            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6799 
6800   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6801   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6802   if( reset ){
6803     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6804   }
6805 }
6806 
6807 /*
6808 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6809 */
6810 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6811   return pPager->tempFile;
6812 }
6813 
6814 /*
6815 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6816 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6817 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6818 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6819 **
6820 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6821 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6822 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6823 */
6824 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6825   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6826   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6827   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6828   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6829 
6830   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6831   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6832   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6833 
6834   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6835   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6836   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6837   */
6838   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6839       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6840   );
6841   if( !aNew ){
6842     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6843   }
6844   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6845   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6846 
6847   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6848   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6849     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6850     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6851       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6852     }else{
6853       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6854     }
6855     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6856     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6857     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6858       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6859     }
6860     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6861       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6862     }
6863     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6864   }
6865   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6866   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6867   return rc;
6868 }
6869 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6870   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6871   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6872 
6873   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6874     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6875   }else{
6876     return SQLITE_OK;
6877   }
6878 }
6879 
6880 
6881 /*
6882 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6883 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6884 ** created savepoint.
6885 **
6886 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6887 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6888 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6889 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6890 **
6891 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6892 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6893 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6894 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6895 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6896 **
6897 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6898 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6899 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6900 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6901 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6902 **
6903 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6904 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6905 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6906 **
6907 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6908 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6909 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6910 */
6911 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6912   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6913 
6914 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6915   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6916 #endif
6917 
6918   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6919   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6920 
6921   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6922     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6923     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6924 
6925     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6926     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6927     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6928     */
6929     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6930     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6931       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6932     }
6933     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6934 
6935     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6936     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6937     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6938       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6939         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6940         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6941           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6942           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6943         }
6944         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6945       }
6946     }
6947     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6948     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6949     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6950     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6951     */
6952     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6953       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6954       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6955       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6956     }
6957 
6958 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6959     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6960     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6961     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6962     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6963     else if(
6964         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6965      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6966     ){
6967       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6968       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6969       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6970     }
6971 #endif
6972   }
6973 
6974   return rc;
6975 }
6976 
6977 /*
6978 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6979 **
6980 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6981 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6982 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6983 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6984 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6985 ** participate in shared-cache.
6986 */
6987 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6988   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6989 }
6990 
6991 /*
6992 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6993 */
6994 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6995   return pPager->pVfs;
6996 }
6997 
6998 /*
6999 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7000 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
7001 ** not yet been opened.
7002 */
7003 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
7004   return pPager->fd;
7005 }
7006 
7007 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7008 /*
7009 ** Reset the lock timeout for pager.
7010 */
7011 void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){
7012   int x = 0;
7013   sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x);
7014 }
7015 #endif
7016 
7017 /*
7018 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7019 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7020 */
7021 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7022 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7023   return pPager->jfd;
7024 #else
7025   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7026 #endif
7027 }
7028 
7029 /*
7030 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7031 */
7032 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7033   return pPager->zJournal;
7034 }
7035 
7036 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
7037 /*
7038 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
7039 */
7040 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
7041   Pager *pPager,
7042   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
7043   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
7044   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
7045   void *pCodec
7046 ){
7047   if( pPager->xCodecFree ){
7048     pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
7049   }else{
7050     pager_reset(pPager);
7051   }
7052   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
7053   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
7054   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
7055   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
7056   setGetterMethod(pPager);
7057   pagerReportSize(pPager);
7058 }
7059 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
7060   return pPager->pCodec;
7061 }
7062 
7063 /*
7064 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
7065 ** into the log file.
7066 **
7067 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
7068 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
7069 */
7070 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
7071   void *aData = 0;
7072   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
7073   return aData;
7074 }
7075 
7076 /*
7077 ** Return the current pager state
7078 */
7079 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
7080   return pPager->eState;
7081 }
7082 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7083 
7084 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7085 /*
7086 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7087 **
7088 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7089 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7090 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7091 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7092 **
7093 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7094 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7095 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7096 **
7097 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7098 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7099 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7100 ** transaction is active).
7101 **
7102 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7103 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7104 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7105 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7106 **
7107 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7108 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7109 */
7110 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7111   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7112   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7113   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7114   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7115 
7116   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7117   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7118        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7119   );
7120   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7121 
7122   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7123   ** the page we are moving from.
7124   */
7125   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7126   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7127     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7128     if( rc ) return rc;
7129   }
7130 
7131   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7132   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7133   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7134   **
7135   **   BEGIN;
7136   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7137   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7138   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7139   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7140   **
7141   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7142   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7143   ** statement were is processed.
7144   **
7145   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7146   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7147   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7148   */
7149   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7150    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7151   ){
7152     return rc;
7153   }
7154 
7155   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7156       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7157   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7158 
7159   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7160   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7161   **
7162   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7163   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7164   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7165   */
7166   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7167     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7168     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7169             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7170     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7171   }
7172 
7173   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7174   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7175   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7176   ** for the page moved there.
7177   */
7178   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7179   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7180   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7181   if( pPgOld ){
7182     if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){
7183       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7184       return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7185     }
7186     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7187     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7188       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7189       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7190       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7191     }else{
7192       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7193     }
7194   }
7195 
7196   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7197   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7198   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7199 
7200   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7201   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7202   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7203   */
7204   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7205     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7206     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7207   }
7208 
7209   if( needSyncPgno ){
7210     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7211     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7212     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7213     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7214     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7215     ** flag.
7216     **
7217     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7218     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7219     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7220     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7221     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7222     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7223     */
7224     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7225     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7226     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7227       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7228         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7229         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7230       }
7231       return rc;
7232     }
7233     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7234     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7235     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7236   }
7237 
7238   return SQLITE_OK;
7239 }
7240 #endif
7241 
7242 /*
7243 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7244 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7245 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7246 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7247 */
7248 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7249   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7250   pPg->flags = flags;
7251   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7252 }
7253 
7254 /*
7255 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7256 */
7257 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7258   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7259   return pPg->pData;
7260 }
7261 
7262 /*
7263 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7264 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7265 */
7266 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7267   return pPg->pExtra;
7268 }
7269 
7270 /*
7271 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7272 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7273 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7274 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7275 **
7276 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7277 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7278 ** locking-mode.
7279 */
7280 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7281   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7282             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7283             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7284   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7285   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7286   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7287   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7288     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7289   }
7290   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7291 }
7292 
7293 /*
7294 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7295 **
7296 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7297 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7298 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7299 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7300 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7301 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7302 **
7303 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7304 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7305 **
7306 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7307 **      or _MEMORY.
7308 **
7309 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7310 **
7311 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7312 */
7313 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7314   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7315 
7316   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7317   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7318             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7319             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7320             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7321             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7322             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7323 
7324   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7325   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7326   ** to WAL mode.
7327   */
7328   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7329 
7330   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7331   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7332   */
7333   if( MEMDB ){
7334     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7335     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7336       eMode = eOld;
7337     }
7338   }
7339 
7340   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7341 
7342     /* Change the journal mode. */
7343     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7344     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7345 
7346     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7347     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7348     ** delete the journal file.
7349     */
7350     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7351     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7352     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7353     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7354     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7355     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7356 
7357     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7358     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7359 
7360       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7361       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7362       ** here is an optimization only.
7363       **
7364       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7365       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7366       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7367       */
7368       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7369       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7370         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7371       }else{
7372         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7373         int state = pPager->eState;
7374         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7375         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7376           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7377         }
7378         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7379           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7380           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7381         }
7382         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7383           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7384         }
7385         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7386           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7387         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7388           pager_unlock(pPager);
7389         }
7390         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7391       }
7392     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7393       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7394     }
7395   }
7396 
7397   /* Return the new journal mode */
7398   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7399 }
7400 
7401 /*
7402 ** Return the current journal mode.
7403 */
7404 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7405   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7406 }
7407 
7408 /*
7409 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7410 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7411 ** is unmodified.
7412 */
7413 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7414   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7415   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7416   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7417   return 1;
7418 }
7419 
7420 /*
7421 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7422 **
7423 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7424 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7425 */
7426 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7427   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7428     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7429     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7430   }
7431   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7432 }
7433 
7434 /*
7435 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7436 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7437 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7438 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7439 */
7440 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7441   return &pPager->pBackup;
7442 }
7443 
7444 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7445 /*
7446 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7447 */
7448 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7449   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7450   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7451 }
7452 #endif
7453 
7454 
7455 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7456 /*
7457 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7458 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7459 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7460 **
7461 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7462 */
7463 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7464   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7465   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7466   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7467   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7468   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7469 ){
7470   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7471   if( pPager->pWal ){
7472     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7473         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7474         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7475         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7476         pnLog, pnCkpt
7477     );
7478     sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
7479   }
7480   return rc;
7481 }
7482 
7483 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7484   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7485 }
7486 
7487 /*
7488 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7489 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7490 */
7491 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7492   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7493   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7494   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7495 }
7496 
7497 /*
7498 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7499 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7500 */
7501 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7502   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7503 
7504   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7505   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7506   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7507     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7508     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7509     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7510   }
7511 
7512   return rc;
7513 }
7514 
7515 /*
7516 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7517 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7518 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7519 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7520 */
7521 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7522   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7523 
7524   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7525   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7526 
7527   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7528   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7529   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7530   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7531   */
7532   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7533     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7534   }
7535 
7536   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7537   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7538   */
7539   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7540     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7541         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7542         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7543     );
7544   }
7545   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7546 
7547   return rc;
7548 }
7549 
7550 
7551 /*
7552 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7553 ** this function.
7554 **
7555 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7556 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7557 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7558 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7559 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7560 ** not modified in either case.
7561 **
7562 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7563 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7564 ** without doing anything.
7565 */
7566 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7567   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7568   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7569 ){
7570   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7571 
7572   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7573   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7574   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7575   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7576   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7577 
7578   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7579     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7580 
7581     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7582     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7583 
7584     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7585     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7586       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7587       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7588     }
7589   }else{
7590     *pbOpen = 1;
7591   }
7592 
7593   return rc;
7594 }
7595 
7596 /*
7597 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7598 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7599 **
7600 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7601 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7602 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7603 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7604 */
7605 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7606   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7607 
7608   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7609 
7610   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7611   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7612   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7613   */
7614   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7615     int logexists = 0;
7616     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7617     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7618       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7619           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7620       );
7621     }
7622     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7623       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7624     }
7625   }
7626 
7627   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7628   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7629   */
7630   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7631     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7632     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7633       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7634                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7635       pPager->pWal = 0;
7636       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7637       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7638     }
7639   }
7640   return rc;
7641 }
7642 
7643 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7644 /*
7645 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7646 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7647 */
7648 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7649   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7650   if( pPager->pWal ){
7651     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7652   }
7653   return rc;
7654 }
7655 
7656 /*
7657 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7658 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7659 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7660 */
7661 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7662   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7663   if( pPager->pWal ){
7664     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7665   }else{
7666     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7667   }
7668   return rc;
7669 }
7670 
7671 /*
7672 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7673 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7674 */
7675 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7676   int rc;
7677   if( pPager->pWal ){
7678     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7679   }else{
7680     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7681   }
7682   return rc;
7683 }
7684 
7685 /*
7686 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7687 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7688 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7689 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7690 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7691 **
7692 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7693 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7694 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7695 ** lock is released before returning.
7696 */
7697 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7698   int rc;
7699   if( pPager->pWal ){
7700     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7701   }else{
7702     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7703   }
7704   return rc;
7705 }
7706 
7707 /*
7708 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7709 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7710 */
7711 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7712   assert( pPager->pWal );
7713   sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7714 }
7715 
7716 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7717 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7718 
7719 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7720 /*
7721 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7722 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7723 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7724 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7725 ** is empty, return 0.
7726 */
7727 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7728   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7729   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7730 }
7731 #endif
7732 
7733 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7734